1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 #include "blockinput.h"
28 #include "syssignal.h"
30 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
31 if this is not done before the other system files. */
33 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
35 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
36 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
38 #include <sys/types.h>
41 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
48 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
49 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
52 #include "character.h"
55 #include "dispextern.h"
57 #include "termhooks.h"
60 #include "emacs-icon.h"
65 #include "intervals.h"
70 #include "xsettings.h"
72 #include "sysselect.h"
75 #include <X11/Shell.h>
83 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
87 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
88 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
92 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
94 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
95 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
97 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
99 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
100 #if defined USE_MOTIF
101 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
102 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
103 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
106 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
107 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
108 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
109 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
110 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
111 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
112 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
114 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
115 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
116 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
117 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
119 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
123 #ifndef XtNinitialState
124 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
128 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
131 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
134 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
138 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
141 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
144 static bool any_help_event_p
;
146 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
149 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
153 /* The application context for Xt use. */
154 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
155 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
157 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
158 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
160 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
162 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
163 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
164 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
166 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
168 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
170 static int x_noop_count
;
172 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
174 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
175 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
178 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
179 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
181 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
182 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
185 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
186 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
190 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
195 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
196 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
197 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
198 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
200 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
201 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
202 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
204 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
205 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
206 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
207 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
208 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
211 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
212 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int, bool);
213 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
214 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
215 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
216 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
217 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
218 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
219 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
220 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
221 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
222 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
223 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
224 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
225 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
226 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
227 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
228 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
229 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
230 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
231 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
232 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
234 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
235 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
236 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
237 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
238 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
239 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
240 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
241 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
242 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
244 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
245 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
246 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
247 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
248 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
249 const XEvent
*, int *,
250 struct input_event
*);
251 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
252 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
254 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
255 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
256 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
257 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
258 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
259 static void x_initialize (void);
262 /* Flush display of frame F. */
265 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
267 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
268 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
269 connection may be broken. */
270 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
274 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
279 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
280 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
281 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
282 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
283 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
286 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
289 /***********************************************************************
291 ***********************************************************************/
295 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
296 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
304 struct record event_record
[100];
306 int event_record_index
;
309 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
311 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
312 event_record_index
= 0;
314 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
315 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
316 event_record_index
++;
323 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
325 struct x_display_info
*
326 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
328 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
330 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
331 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
338 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
340 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
341 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
342 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
344 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
348 unsigned int nchildren
;
351 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
358 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
361 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
363 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
364 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
365 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
367 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
371 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
376 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
377 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
378 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
379 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
383 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
385 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
388 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
390 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
392 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
393 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
394 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
395 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
397 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
399 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
400 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
401 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
403 /* return unless necessary */
408 unsigned long n
, left
;
410 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
411 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
412 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
415 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
417 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
427 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
428 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
429 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
434 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
436 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
440 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
442 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
446 /***********************************************************************
447 Starting and ending an update
448 ***********************************************************************/
450 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
451 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
452 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
453 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
454 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
457 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
463 /* Start update of window W. */
466 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
468 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
469 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
471 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
475 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
477 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
478 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
480 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
482 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
483 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
490 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
493 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
495 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
498 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
500 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
503 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
504 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
507 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
510 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
512 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
513 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
514 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
515 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
516 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
517 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
518 ? face_first
->foreground
519 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
520 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
521 ? face_last
->foreground
522 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
523 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
524 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
526 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
529 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
530 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
532 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
533 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
534 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
535 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
536 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
537 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
539 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
542 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
543 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
545 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
546 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
547 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
548 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
549 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
550 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
554 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
555 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
556 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
560 /* End update of window W.
562 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
563 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
565 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
566 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
567 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
569 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
570 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
574 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
575 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
577 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
582 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
583 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
584 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
586 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
588 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
589 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
591 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
597 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
598 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
599 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
600 reset_mouse_highlight (MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
604 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
608 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
610 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
611 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
615 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
621 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
622 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
625 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
628 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
632 /* Clear under internal border if any for non-toolkit builds. */
635 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
637 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
639 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
641 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
642 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
643 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
644 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
645 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
646 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
649 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
650 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
651 x_clear_area (display
, window
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
652 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
658 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
659 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
660 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
661 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
662 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
665 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
669 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
670 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
673 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
674 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
675 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
676 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
677 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
678 overhead is very small. */
683 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
684 && desired_row
->full_width_p
685 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
686 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
688 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
691 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
694 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
695 0, y
, width
, height
);
696 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
697 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
706 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
708 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
709 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
710 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
711 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
712 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
714 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
715 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
717 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
719 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
720 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
721 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
722 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
724 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
726 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
728 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
729 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
738 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
739 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
743 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
745 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
747 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
749 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
751 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
752 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
754 face
->background
, depth
);
758 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
759 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
762 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
763 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
764 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
765 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
768 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
769 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
770 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
774 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
775 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
780 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
783 /***********************************************************************
785 ***********************************************************************/
789 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
790 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
791 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
792 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
793 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
794 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
795 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
796 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
797 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
798 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
799 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
800 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
801 unsigned long *, double, int);
802 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
803 double, int, unsigned long);
804 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
805 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
806 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
807 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
808 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
809 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
811 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
812 int, int, int, int, int, int,
814 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
815 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
816 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
819 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
823 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
827 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
829 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
830 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
831 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
833 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
836 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
840 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
841 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
843 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
844 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
845 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
846 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
847 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
848 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
849 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
851 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
852 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
853 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
855 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
856 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
859 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
860 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
861 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
863 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
864 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
867 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
868 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
870 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
875 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
878 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
883 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
884 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
885 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
887 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
889 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
890 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
892 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
893 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
894 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
896 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
900 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
905 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
906 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
907 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
908 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
910 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
911 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
914 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
915 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
917 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
920 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
924 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
925 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
926 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
929 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
935 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
936 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
940 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
942 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
944 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
947 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
949 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
951 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
952 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
954 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
959 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
961 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
962 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
964 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
965 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
968 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
973 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
976 /* GC must have been set. */
977 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
981 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
982 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
985 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
987 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
988 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
991 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
996 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
997 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1001 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1006 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1008 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1011 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1016 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1019 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1022 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1023 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1025 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1027 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1029 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1030 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1033 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1034 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1035 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1039 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1041 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1043 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1044 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1045 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1049 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1050 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1055 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1058 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1061 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1062 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1063 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1064 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1068 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1069 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1070 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1071 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1072 contains the first component of a composition. */
1075 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1077 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1078 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1079 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1081 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1085 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1086 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1087 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1088 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1089 s
->background_width
,
1090 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1091 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1092 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1094 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1095 || s
->font_not_found_p
1096 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1099 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1100 s
->background_width
,
1101 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1102 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1108 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1111 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1115 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1116 of S to the right of that box line. */
1117 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1118 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1119 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1123 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1125 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1127 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1129 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1130 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1131 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1133 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1138 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1139 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1142 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1143 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1145 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1147 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1148 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1150 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1151 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1152 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1156 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1159 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1162 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1164 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1165 of S to the right of that box line. */
1166 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1167 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1168 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1172 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1173 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1174 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1175 this composition. */
1177 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1178 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1179 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1181 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1182 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1183 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1185 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1189 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1190 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1191 space on the left or right. */
1192 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1194 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1195 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1197 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1198 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1199 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1204 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1209 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1211 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1212 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1213 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1216 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1220 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1221 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1222 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1225 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1226 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1227 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1228 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1229 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1230 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1238 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1239 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1240 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1246 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1249 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1251 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1255 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1256 of S to the right of that box line. */
1257 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1258 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1259 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1265 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1267 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1268 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1270 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1273 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1274 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1278 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1279 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1280 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1281 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1282 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1283 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1286 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1288 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1289 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1290 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1296 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1299 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1300 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1302 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1303 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1305 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1306 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1307 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1309 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1310 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1311 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1314 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1315 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1316 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1317 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1318 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1319 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1323 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1327 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1328 cannot be determined. */
1330 static struct frame
*
1331 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1333 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1334 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1337 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1339 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1340 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1341 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1342 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1343 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1344 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1346 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1347 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1348 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1352 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1353 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1354 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1360 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1361 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1362 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1363 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1364 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1365 Value is true if successful. */
1368 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1369 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1371 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1372 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1375 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1378 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1379 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1381 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1383 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1385 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1390 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1391 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1393 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1396 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1398 DPY is the display we are working on.
1400 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1401 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1402 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1403 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1405 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1406 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1408 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1409 we allocated the color or not.
1411 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1414 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1415 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1416 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1426 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1427 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1429 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1433 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1434 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1435 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1437 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1439 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1440 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1442 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1444 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1445 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1447 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1448 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1450 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1451 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1456 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1458 params
[0] = color_name
;
1459 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1460 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1461 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1466 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1468 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1470 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1474 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1478 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1479 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1482 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1487 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1488 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1489 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1491 APP is the application context in which we work.
1493 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1494 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1495 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1497 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1500 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1505 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1507 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1510 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1512 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1513 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1514 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1515 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1516 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1521 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1524 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1525 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1526 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1527 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1529 static const XColor
*
1530 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1532 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1534 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1536 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1537 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1540 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1541 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1542 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1544 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1545 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1547 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1548 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1551 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1552 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1556 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1557 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1560 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1562 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1564 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1567 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1569 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1570 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1571 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1572 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1576 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1580 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1581 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1584 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1586 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1590 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1591 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1592 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1596 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1600 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1603 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1604 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1605 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1606 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1608 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1609 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1610 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1612 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1614 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1616 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1617 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1618 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1619 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1621 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1624 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1628 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1629 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1630 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1631 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1635 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1636 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1637 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1638 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1639 XColor
*cached_color
;
1641 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1642 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1643 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1644 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1645 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1647 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1648 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1649 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1653 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1655 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1656 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1662 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1663 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1664 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1668 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1670 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1671 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1675 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1676 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1677 get color reference counts right. */
1680 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
1684 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1686 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1687 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1689 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1690 register_color (pixel
);
1696 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1699 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1700 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1701 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1702 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1703 use an additional additive factor.
1705 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1706 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1707 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1710 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1711 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1712 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1713 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1714 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1715 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1718 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1719 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1725 /* Get RGB color values. */
1726 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1727 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1729 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1730 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1731 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1732 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1733 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1735 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1736 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1738 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1739 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1740 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1741 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1742 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1744 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1745 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1746 /* The additive adjustment. */
1747 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1751 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1752 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1753 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1757 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1758 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1759 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1763 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1764 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1767 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1769 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1770 delta to the RGB values. */
1771 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1773 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1774 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1775 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1776 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1787 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1788 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1789 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1790 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1791 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1792 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1795 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
1796 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
1799 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1800 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1801 unsigned long pixel
;
1802 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1803 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1804 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1805 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1807 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1808 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1810 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1811 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1812 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1813 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
1815 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1819 /* Allocate new color. */
1820 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1822 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1823 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1824 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1826 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1828 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1830 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1833 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1837 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1840 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1842 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1843 unsigned long color
;
1845 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1846 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1847 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1849 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1850 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1855 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1856 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1857 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1860 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1861 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1863 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1864 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1865 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1866 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1867 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1872 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1873 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1874 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1875 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1876 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1877 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1881 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1882 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1883 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1884 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1886 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1887 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1892 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1894 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1895 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1897 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1898 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1899 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1906 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1907 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1908 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1910 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1911 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1912 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1913 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1920 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1922 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1923 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1925 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1926 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1927 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1928 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1931 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1933 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1935 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1936 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1940 /* Outermost top line. */
1942 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1943 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1944 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1946 /* Outermost left line. */
1948 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1954 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1955 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
1956 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
1957 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1958 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1959 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
1960 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
1966 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1967 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1968 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1969 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1970 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1971 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1974 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1978 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
1979 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
1980 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
1981 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
1982 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
1983 rectangle to use when drawing. */
1986 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
1987 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1988 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1992 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
1993 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
1994 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1997 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1998 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2002 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2003 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2006 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2007 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2011 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2012 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2014 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2015 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2019 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2022 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2024 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2025 int left_p
, right_p
;
2026 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2027 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2029 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2030 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2031 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2033 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2034 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2036 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2038 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2039 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2041 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2043 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2045 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2047 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2048 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2050 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2051 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2052 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2054 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2056 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2058 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2059 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2060 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2063 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2064 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2065 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2070 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2073 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2076 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2078 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2079 right of that line. */
2080 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2081 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2083 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2085 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2087 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2088 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2089 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2090 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2096 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2097 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2098 trust on the shape extension to be available
2099 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2101 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2104 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2106 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2107 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2108 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2109 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2110 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2112 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2115 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2116 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2117 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2118 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2119 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2120 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2124 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2126 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2129 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2130 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2131 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2132 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2133 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2134 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2136 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2137 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2138 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2139 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2140 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2141 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2142 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2144 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2145 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2146 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2147 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2148 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2153 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2154 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2155 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2159 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2162 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2164 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2165 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2168 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2170 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2171 right of that line. */
2172 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2173 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2175 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2177 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2179 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2180 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2181 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2182 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2184 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2185 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2187 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2188 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2192 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2193 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2196 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2197 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2199 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2200 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2202 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2203 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2204 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2206 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2207 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2209 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2210 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2213 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2215 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2216 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= 1;
2217 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2218 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= 1;
2219 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2220 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= 1;
2221 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2222 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= 1;
2224 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2225 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2226 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2227 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2231 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2234 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2237 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2239 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2240 right of that line. */
2241 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2242 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2244 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2246 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2248 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2249 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2250 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2251 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2257 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2258 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2259 trust on the shape extension to be available
2260 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2262 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2266 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2267 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2268 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2269 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2270 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2272 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2273 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2274 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2275 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2279 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2280 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2281 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2283 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2284 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2285 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2286 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2287 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2288 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2289 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2291 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2292 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2293 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2294 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2299 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2300 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2301 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2305 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2306 give the rectangle to draw. */
2309 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2313 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2314 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2315 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2316 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2319 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2323 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2326 s->x +-------------------------
2329 | +-------------------------
2332 | | +-------------------
2338 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2340 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2341 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2343 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2346 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2347 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2348 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2349 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2351 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2352 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2354 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2355 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2359 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2360 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2364 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2365 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2366 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2367 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2368 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2370 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2371 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2372 s
->background_width
,
2375 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2377 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2379 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2382 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2383 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2384 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2385 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2386 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2387 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2388 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2393 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2395 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2396 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2397 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2398 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2406 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2408 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2410 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2411 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2413 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2416 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2419 /* Draw the foreground. */
2422 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2423 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2424 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2425 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2426 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2429 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2431 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2433 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2434 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2435 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2439 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2442 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2444 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2446 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2447 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2449 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2450 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2451 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2454 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2456 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2460 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2466 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2468 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2470 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2471 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2472 x
+= background_width
;
2474 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2475 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2479 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2481 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2482 if (width
< background_width
)
2485 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2489 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2493 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2494 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2496 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2502 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2503 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2505 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2507 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2508 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2509 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2510 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2515 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2516 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2517 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2518 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2521 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, gc
, None
);
2524 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2526 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2527 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2529 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2530 except for header line and mode line. */
2531 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2533 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2536 if (background_width
> 0)
2537 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2540 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2544 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2550 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2555 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2557 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2558 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2559 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2562 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2564 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2568 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2572 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2573 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2574 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2576 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2579 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2581 /* Draw the waves */
2583 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2593 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2598 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2600 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2604 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2605 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2609 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2612 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2614 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2616 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2617 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2618 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2619 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2622 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2624 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2625 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2626 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2627 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2629 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2630 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2631 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2632 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2634 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2635 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2639 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2640 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2642 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2643 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2644 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2645 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2646 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2647 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2650 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2651 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2652 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2653 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2656 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2658 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2659 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2660 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2661 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2662 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2663 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2665 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2667 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2670 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2674 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2678 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2679 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2681 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2682 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2685 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2686 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2687 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2688 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2690 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2691 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2694 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2695 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2696 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2698 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2699 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2706 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2708 /* Draw underline. */
2709 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2711 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2713 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2714 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2718 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2719 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2720 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2721 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2724 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2726 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2729 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2730 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2732 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2733 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2734 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2738 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2739 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2740 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2743 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2744 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2747 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2748 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2749 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2750 specs, and its default is
2752 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2753 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2755 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2756 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2757 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2759 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2761 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2763 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2765 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2766 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2767 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2768 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2769 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2770 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2771 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2772 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2773 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2774 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2775 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2776 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2780 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2781 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2782 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2783 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2784 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2788 /* Draw overline. */
2789 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2791 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2793 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2794 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2799 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2800 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2801 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2803 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2807 /* Draw strike-through. */
2808 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2810 unsigned long h
= 1;
2811 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2813 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2814 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2819 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2820 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2821 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2823 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2827 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2828 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2829 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2833 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2835 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2836 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2837 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2839 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2840 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2841 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2844 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2845 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2846 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2847 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2849 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2850 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2852 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2858 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2860 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2861 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2862 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2864 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2865 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2866 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2869 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2870 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2871 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2872 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2874 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2875 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2877 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2878 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2883 /* Reset clipping. */
2884 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2888 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2891 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2893 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2894 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2895 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2899 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2903 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2909 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2910 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2913 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2915 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2916 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2920 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2923 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2925 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2927 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2931 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2933 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2934 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2935 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2937 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2938 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2939 redisplay, do it here. */
2940 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2941 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2944 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2951 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2954 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2960 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2961 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2962 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2964 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
2965 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
2966 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
2967 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2969 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
2973 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2976 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2977 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2978 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2979 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2980 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2981 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2982 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
2983 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2984 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
2987 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2988 pixels into background pixels. */
2992 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2993 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2994 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2996 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2997 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3001 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3002 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3003 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3004 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3005 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3006 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3007 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3008 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3010 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3011 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3013 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3015 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3016 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3017 width
, flash_height
);
3018 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3020 (height
- flash_height
3021 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3022 width
, flash_height
);
3026 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3027 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3028 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3029 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3034 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3035 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3037 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3039 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3041 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3042 struct timespec timeout
;
3044 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3045 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3048 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3049 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3051 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3052 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3056 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3057 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3059 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3061 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3062 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3063 width
, flash_height
);
3064 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3066 (height
- flash_height
3067 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3068 width
, flash_height
);
3071 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3072 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3073 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3074 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3080 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3082 #undef XFillRectangle
3084 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3095 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3100 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3101 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3102 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3105 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3106 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3107 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3112 /* Make audible bell. */
3115 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3117 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3125 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3127 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3129 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3135 /***********************************************************************
3137 ***********************************************************************/
3139 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3140 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3143 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3149 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3152 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3154 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3155 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3157 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3158 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3160 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3162 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3163 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3164 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3168 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3169 line at the bottom. */
3170 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3171 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3173 height
= run
->height
;
3177 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3179 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3180 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3182 height
= run
->height
;
3187 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3190 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3191 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3192 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3202 /***********************************************************************
3204 ***********************************************************************/
3208 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3210 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3211 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3212 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3213 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3215 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3216 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3217 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3218 because of this (bug#9310). */
3219 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3220 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3221 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3222 x_uncatch_errors ();
3224 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3225 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3229 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3231 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3232 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3233 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3234 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3236 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3237 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3238 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3239 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3240 x_uncatch_errors ();
3242 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3243 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3246 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3247 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3248 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3249 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3250 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3253 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3255 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3257 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3259 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3260 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3261 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3263 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3264 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3266 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3267 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3269 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
3272 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3275 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3276 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3277 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3280 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3282 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3284 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3286 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3287 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3289 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3290 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3291 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3292 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3293 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
3294 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3295 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3296 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3298 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3299 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3302 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3305 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3306 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3309 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3311 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3313 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3315 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3316 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3318 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3319 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3323 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3324 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3326 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3327 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3331 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
3332 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
3334 static struct frame
*
3335 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3337 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3343 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3346 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3348 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3350 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3351 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3352 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
3353 /* A tooltip frame? */
3354 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3355 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3356 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3358 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3360 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
3362 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3363 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3364 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
3367 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3368 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
3369 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3371 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3376 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
3378 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
3381 static struct frame
*
3382 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3384 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3385 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
3391 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3396 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
3398 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
3399 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3400 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3405 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3407 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
3410 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
3411 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
3412 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
3414 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3415 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3419 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3420 /* A tooltip frame. */
3428 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
3430 static struct frame
*
3431 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
3432 const XEvent
*event
)
3434 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
3435 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3442 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3445 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3447 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3449 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
3452 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3453 if (x
->menubar_widget
3454 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3461 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
3462 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
3465 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3467 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3474 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3477 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3479 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3483 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
3485 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3486 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
3489 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
3493 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3494 /* Tooltip frame. */
3500 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
3502 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3503 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3505 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
3507 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3508 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3510 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3513 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
3514 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3519 switch (event
->type
)
3524 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3526 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3528 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3529 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3530 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3531 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3533 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3539 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3540 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3541 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3542 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3546 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3548 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3549 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3550 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3557 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3558 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3561 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3563 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3567 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3568 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3569 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3571 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3572 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3573 the appropriate X display info. */
3576 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3578 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3582 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3584 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3586 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3588 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3589 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3590 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3591 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3592 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3594 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3595 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3599 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3601 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3604 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3605 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3606 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3612 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3614 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3616 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3618 int min_code
, max_code
;
3621 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3623 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3624 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3625 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3626 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3627 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3629 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3631 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3632 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3634 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3636 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3637 Alt keysyms are on. */
3639 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3640 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3642 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3644 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3645 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3647 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3649 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3653 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3657 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3659 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3665 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3666 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3671 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3672 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3677 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3678 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3679 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3680 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3685 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3686 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3687 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3688 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3692 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3693 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3694 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3695 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3696 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3705 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3706 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3708 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3709 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3712 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3713 make them just meta, not alt. */
3714 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3716 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3720 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3723 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3727 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3729 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3730 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3731 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3732 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3735 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3736 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3737 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3738 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3739 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3740 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3741 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3742 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3744 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3745 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3746 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3747 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3748 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3749 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3753 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3755 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3756 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3757 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3758 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3762 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3763 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3764 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3765 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3766 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3767 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3768 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3769 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3772 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3773 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3774 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3775 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3776 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3777 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3780 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3783 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3788 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3794 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
3796 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
3797 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
3798 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
3799 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
3801 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
3803 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
3804 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
3805 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
3806 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
3807 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
3808 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
3809 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
3810 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
3811 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
3814 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3816 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3820 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
3821 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
3824 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3826 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3827 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3828 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3829 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3831 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3835 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3836 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3837 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3842 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3843 The input handler calls this.
3845 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3846 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3847 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3848 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3851 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
3854 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3856 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3859 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
3860 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3861 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
3862 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
3863 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
3865 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3867 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3868 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3869 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3870 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
3875 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3876 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
3877 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
3878 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
3879 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
3881 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3882 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3883 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3884 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3885 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
3886 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3893 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3894 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3896 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3897 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3898 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3899 position on the scroll bar.
3901 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3902 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3905 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3906 was at this position.
3908 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3910 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3914 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3915 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3919 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
3923 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
3924 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3930 Window dummy_window
;
3933 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3935 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3936 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3937 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3938 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3939 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3941 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3943 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3944 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3945 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3947 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3950 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3951 a different screen. */
3954 /* The position on that root window. */
3957 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3960 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3962 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3964 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3965 containing the pointer. */
3969 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3973 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3974 structure is changing at the same time this function
3975 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3977 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3979 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
3981 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3982 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3983 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3989 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
3991 /* From-position, to-position. */
3992 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3996 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4002 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4004 /* From-window, to-window. */
4007 /* From-position, to-position. */
4008 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4013 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4016 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4017 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4018 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4019 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4020 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4028 /* Now we know that:
4029 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4030 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4031 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4032 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4033 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4034 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4035 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4036 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4037 never use them in that case.) */
4040 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4041 want the edit window. */
4042 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4044 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4045 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4048 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4049 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4052 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4053 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4055 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4058 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4061 x_uncatch_errors ();
4063 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4066 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4068 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4072 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4078 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4079 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4083 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4084 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4085 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4086 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4087 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4088 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4089 the frame are divided into. */
4091 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
4092 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
4093 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
4094 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4099 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4100 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4101 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
4111 /***********************************************************************
4113 ***********************************************************************/
4115 /* Scroll bar support. */
4117 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4119 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4122 static struct scroll_bar
*
4123 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4125 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4127 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4128 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4129 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4131 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4133 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4135 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4138 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4140 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4141 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4142 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4143 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4144 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4147 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4148 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4149 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4150 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4157 #if defined USE_LUCID
4159 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4160 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4163 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4165 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4167 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4168 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4170 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4172 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4178 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4181 /************************************************************************
4183 ************************************************************************/
4185 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4187 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4189 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4190 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4192 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4194 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4195 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4198 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4200 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4202 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4204 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4205 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4206 to avoid jerkiness. */
4208 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4210 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4211 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4212 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4213 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4216 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4217 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4220 const char *end_action
;
4223 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4224 end_action
= "Release";
4225 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4226 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4227 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4228 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4231 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4232 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4235 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4237 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4238 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4239 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4240 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
4242 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4245 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4246 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4248 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4249 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4250 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4252 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4253 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4256 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4258 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4259 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4260 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4261 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4264 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4267 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
4268 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4269 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4270 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
4271 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
4272 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
4273 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
4277 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4278 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4279 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4280 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4281 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4284 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
4285 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
4286 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
4287 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
4288 will resolve such issues someday. */
4289 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
4290 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
4291 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
4292 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
4293 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
4295 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4296 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4297 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4298 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4301 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4302 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4303 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4304 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4309 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4313 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
4314 struct input_event
*ievent
)
4316 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
4320 /* See the comment in the function above. */
4321 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
4322 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4323 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
4324 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
4326 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4328 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4329 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4332 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4335 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4338 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4339 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4340 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4341 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4347 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4349 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4352 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4353 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4354 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4357 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4359 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4360 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4361 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4365 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4367 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4370 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4372 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4375 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4377 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4380 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4382 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4387 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4390 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4392 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4399 /* Get the slider size. */
4401 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4404 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4405 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4406 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4407 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
4411 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4417 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4418 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4422 #elif defined USE_GTK
4424 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4425 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4428 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4429 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4433 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4435 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4436 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4437 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4439 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4440 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4445 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4446 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4447 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4448 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4450 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4451 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4452 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4453 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4454 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4457 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4458 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4461 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4462 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4465 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4466 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4469 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4470 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4477 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4478 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4484 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
4487 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4488 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4491 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4493 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4495 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4496 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4497 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4504 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4506 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4507 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4508 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4512 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4514 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4515 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4516 float top
= *top_addr
;
4518 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4519 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4521 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4523 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4527 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4529 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4530 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4531 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4532 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4533 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4535 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4537 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4539 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4540 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4541 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4542 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4546 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4547 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4548 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4549 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4550 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4551 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4552 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4555 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4557 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4558 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4559 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4561 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4563 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4565 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4568 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4569 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4571 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4572 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4573 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4574 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4576 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4578 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4580 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4581 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4584 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4586 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4588 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4589 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4593 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4595 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4598 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4599 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4604 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4607 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4613 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4614 unsigned long pixel
;
4619 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4620 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4621 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4622 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4623 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4624 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4625 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4626 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4628 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4631 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4635 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4638 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4642 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4643 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4645 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4646 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4648 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4650 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4652 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4654 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4656 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4658 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4661 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4662 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4664 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4665 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4666 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4667 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4669 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4671 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4672 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4673 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4674 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4675 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4676 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4677 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4678 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4680 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4683 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4687 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4690 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4694 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4696 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4697 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4699 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4702 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4703 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4704 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4706 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4709 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4711 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4714 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4715 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4716 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4718 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4722 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4723 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4724 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4725 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4726 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4727 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4728 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4731 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4732 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4736 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4737 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4738 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4740 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4742 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4745 /* Specify the colors. */
4746 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4749 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4752 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4755 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4761 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4762 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4765 char const *initial
= "";
4766 char const *val
= initial
;
4767 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4768 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4769 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4771 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4772 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4773 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4774 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4775 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4776 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4780 /* Define callbacks. */
4781 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4782 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4785 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4786 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4788 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4790 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4791 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4792 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4793 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4795 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4796 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4797 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4798 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4802 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4805 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4806 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4810 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4812 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4815 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4817 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4820 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4821 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4828 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4830 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4831 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4832 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4833 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4834 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4835 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4836 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4837 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4838 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4839 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4840 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4841 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4842 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4843 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4851 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4852 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4855 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4859 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4860 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4862 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4864 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4865 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4866 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4868 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4870 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4876 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4877 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4881 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4883 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4884 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4885 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4889 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4890 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4891 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4894 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4895 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
4896 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
4897 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
4899 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4900 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4901 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4902 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
4903 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
4906 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
4907 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
4908 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
4909 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4911 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4912 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4915 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4916 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4917 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4919 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4923 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4927 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4929 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4933 /************************************************************************
4934 Scroll bars, general
4935 ************************************************************************/
4937 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4938 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4939 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4942 static struct scroll_bar
*
4943 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4945 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4946 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4947 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4952 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4953 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4954 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4956 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4960 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4961 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4962 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4964 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4965 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4967 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4969 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4971 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4972 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4973 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4974 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
4975 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4976 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
4978 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4979 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4980 left
, top
, width
, height
,
4981 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4988 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4990 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4992 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4996 bar
->height
= height
;
5000 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
5001 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5004 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5005 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5007 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5008 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5009 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5010 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5012 /* Map the window/widget. */
5013 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5016 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5017 left
,width
, max (height
, 1));
5018 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5019 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5020 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5021 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5022 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5024 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5025 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5026 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5033 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5035 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5037 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5038 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5039 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5042 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5043 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5044 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5045 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5046 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5049 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5051 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
5052 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5053 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5054 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5056 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5058 && start
== bar
->start
5065 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5066 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5067 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5069 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5070 the distance between start and end. */
5072 int length
= end
- start
;
5076 else if (start
> top_range
)
5078 end
= start
+ length
;
5082 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5086 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5090 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5091 if (end
> top_range
)
5094 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5095 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5096 that many pixels tall. */
5097 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5099 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5100 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5102 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5103 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5104 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5105 inside_width
, start
);
5107 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5108 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5109 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5110 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5112 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5113 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5114 /* x, y, width, height */
5115 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5116 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5117 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5119 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5120 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5121 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5122 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5124 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5125 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5126 if (end
< inside_height
)
5127 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5128 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5129 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5130 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5136 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5138 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5142 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5144 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5147 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5149 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5150 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5151 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5152 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5154 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5157 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5158 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5164 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5165 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5166 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5170 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5172 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5174 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5175 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
5176 int window_y
, window_height
;
5178 /* Get window dimensions. */
5179 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5181 height
= window_height
;
5183 /* Compute the left edge and the width of the scroll bar area. */
5184 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5185 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
5187 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5188 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5190 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5193 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5194 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5198 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5202 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5203 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5205 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5209 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
5211 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5213 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
5215 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5218 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5220 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5223 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5224 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5225 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5226 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5227 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5229 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5230 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5231 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5232 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5233 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5234 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5236 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5238 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5247 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5251 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5253 /* Remember new settings. */
5257 bar
->height
= height
;
5262 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5263 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5264 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5265 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5267 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5269 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5272 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5275 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5276 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5277 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5280 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5282 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5283 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5287 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5288 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5289 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5290 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5291 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5292 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5293 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5295 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5296 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5297 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5300 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5302 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5303 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5306 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5307 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5308 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5309 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5310 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5311 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5312 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5317 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5318 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5321 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5323 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5327 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5328 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5331 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5333 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5334 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5335 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5337 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5339 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5340 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5342 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5343 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5344 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5346 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5347 one or the other! */
5351 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5353 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5354 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5356 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5358 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5359 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5360 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5361 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5364 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5365 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5368 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5370 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5372 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5374 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5375 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5376 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5378 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5380 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5382 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5385 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5388 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5389 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5393 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5394 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5395 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5397 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5401 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
5403 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5404 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5405 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5409 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5411 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5412 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5413 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5414 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5416 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5417 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5418 /* x, y, width, height */
5419 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
5421 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5422 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5423 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5424 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5429 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5431 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5432 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5434 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5439 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5440 const XEvent
*event
,
5441 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5443 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5446 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5447 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5448 emacs_event
->modifiers
5449 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
5450 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5451 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5452 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5455 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5456 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5457 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5460 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5461 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5464 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5467 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5468 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5469 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5471 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5473 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5474 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5475 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5477 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
5478 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5480 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5485 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5486 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5490 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5492 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5494 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5498 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5499 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
5501 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5502 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5504 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
5505 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
5508 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5509 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5511 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5512 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
5514 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5516 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5518 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5523 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5525 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5526 on the scroll bar. */
5529 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5530 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5531 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5533 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
5534 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
5535 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5536 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5538 Window dummy_window
;
5540 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5544 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5546 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5548 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5549 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5550 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5552 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5555 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5558 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5560 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5562 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5563 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
5567 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5571 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5573 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5574 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5575 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5576 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5577 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5578 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5580 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5582 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5583 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5586 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
5587 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
5594 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5595 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5596 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5600 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5602 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5605 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5606 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5607 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5608 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5609 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5610 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5611 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5612 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5614 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5617 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5619 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5620 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5622 static int temp_index
;
5623 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5625 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5626 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5628 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5630 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
5632 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
5634 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
5636 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5637 on a particular display. */
5639 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5641 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5642 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5643 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5644 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5646 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5655 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5656 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5657 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5659 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5661 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5665 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5667 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5668 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5669 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5672 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5673 event
->xclient
.window
);
5675 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5680 static int current_count
;
5681 static int current_finish
;
5682 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5684 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5685 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5686 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5687 static GdkFilterReturn
5688 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5690 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5693 if (current_count
>= 0)
5695 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5697 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5700 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5701 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5702 so we do it here. */
5703 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5705 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5708 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5713 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5716 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5720 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5724 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5725 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5727 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5729 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5732 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5733 enum xembed_message
,
5734 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5736 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5738 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5739 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5740 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5741 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
5743 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5746 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
5747 const XEvent
*event
,
5748 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5751 struct input_event ie
;
5752 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5756 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5757 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
5758 struct coding_system coding
;
5759 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5760 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5761 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5762 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5763 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
5764 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5768 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5770 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5771 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5774 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
5776 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
5777 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5779 switch (event
->type
)
5783 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5784 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
5786 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5788 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
5789 because this could be the shell widget window
5790 if the frame has no title bar. */
5793 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5794 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5795 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5797 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5798 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5799 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5800 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5801 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5804 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5805 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5806 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5807 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5810 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5811 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5812 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5815 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
5816 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5817 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5819 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
5820 /* The ICCCM says this is
5821 the only valid choice. */
5823 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5824 /* This is needed to detect the error
5825 if there is an error. */
5827 x_uncatch_errors ();
5829 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5834 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5836 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5837 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5838 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5839 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5840 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5841 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5842 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5843 session manager and one for this. */
5845 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5848 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5849 event
->xclient
.window
);
5850 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5851 for a single Emacs process. */
5852 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5853 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5854 event
->xclient
.window
,
5855 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5857 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5858 event
->xclient
.window
,
5864 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5868 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5870 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5871 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5878 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5881 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5884 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5886 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5887 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5891 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5898 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5902 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
5903 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
5906 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5908 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
5909 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
5911 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5912 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5913 currently never do because we are interested in
5914 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5915 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5916 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5919 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5920 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5924 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5925 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5926 we construct an input_event. */
5927 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5929 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
5930 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5933 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5935 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5936 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5938 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5939 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5940 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
5942 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5946 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
5951 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5952 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5956 case SelectionNotify
:
5957 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselection
.time
;
5958 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5959 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
5961 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5962 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
5965 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5966 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionclear
.time
;
5967 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5968 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
5970 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5972 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
5974 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5975 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5976 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5977 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5981 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5982 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionrequest
.time
;
5983 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5984 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5986 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5988 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
5990 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5991 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5992 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5993 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5994 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5995 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5996 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6000 case PropertyNotify
:
6001 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xproperty
.time
;
6002 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
6003 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6004 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
)
6005 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6006 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6008 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6009 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6010 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6011 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6012 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6013 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6014 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6015 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6016 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6019 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
6020 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6023 case ReparentNotify
:
6024 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
6027 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
6028 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6030 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6031 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6032 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6034 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6039 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
6042 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6044 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6045 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6046 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6047 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6052 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
6053 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
6054 x_clear_area (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6055 event
->xexpose
.window
,
6056 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6057 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6059 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6060 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6065 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6066 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6068 #if defined USE_LUCID
6069 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6070 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6071 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6073 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
6075 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6077 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6079 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6080 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6082 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6083 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6084 event
->xexpose
.window
);
6087 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
6088 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6091 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6092 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6096 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6097 source area was obscured or not
6099 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6101 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
6102 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6103 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6104 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6105 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6108 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6111 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6112 source area was completely
6117 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6118 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6121 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
6124 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
6125 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6126 the frame was deleted. */
6128 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6129 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6130 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6131 display that won't ever be seen. */
6132 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6133 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6134 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6135 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6136 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6137 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6138 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6139 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6141 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6142 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6143 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6149 if (event
->xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6150 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6151 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6154 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6155 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6156 frame is visible. */
6157 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
6160 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6162 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6163 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6164 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6165 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6167 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6168 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6169 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6173 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6174 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6176 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6177 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6178 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6179 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6182 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6189 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6190 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6192 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6193 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6194 if (popup_activated ())
6200 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6201 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6202 mouse highlighting. */
6203 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6205 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6207 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6208 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6212 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6215 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6216 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6217 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6218 event
->xkey
.window
);
6219 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6221 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6222 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6225 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6229 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6230 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6231 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6234 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6235 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6236 status_return even if the input is too long to
6237 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6238 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6239 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6240 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6241 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6242 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6243 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6245 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6247 /* Event will be modified. */
6248 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
6251 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6252 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6253 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
6255 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6258 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6259 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6260 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
6262 /* This will have to go some day... */
6264 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6265 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6266 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6267 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6268 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6269 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6270 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6272 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6273 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6274 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6275 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6276 not it is combined with Meta. */
6277 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6278 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6283 Status status_return
;
6285 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6286 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6287 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6288 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6290 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6292 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6293 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6294 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6295 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6296 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6299 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6300 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6302 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6307 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6308 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6312 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6313 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6316 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6317 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6321 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6322 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6323 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6326 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6327 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6329 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6330 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6332 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6333 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
6335 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6336 translations to characters. */
6337 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6338 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6340 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6341 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6345 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6346 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6348 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6349 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6351 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6352 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6356 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6357 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6358 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6363 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6364 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6365 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6366 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6370 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6371 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6372 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6373 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6374 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6375 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6377 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6378 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6380 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6381 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6382 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6383 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6384 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6386 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6387 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6389 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6390 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6392 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6393 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6395 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6396 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6398 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6399 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6401 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6402 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6404 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6405 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6407 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6408 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6410 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6411 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6413 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6414 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6416 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6417 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6419 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6420 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6422 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6423 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6425 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6426 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6427 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6428 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6429 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6430 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6431 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6432 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6433 don't have real modifiers but
6434 should be treated similarly to
6435 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6436 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6437 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6438 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6442 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6443 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6445 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6446 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6450 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6454 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6456 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6458 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6461 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6463 /* Decode the input data. */
6465 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6466 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6467 we used just above and the locale. */
6468 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6469 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6470 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6471 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6472 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6473 gives us composition information. */
6474 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6476 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6478 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6479 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6480 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6481 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6482 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6483 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6486 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6487 character events. */
6488 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6491 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6492 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6494 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6495 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6496 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6497 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6499 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6504 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6506 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6509 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
6510 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
6514 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6515 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6523 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6525 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6526 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6534 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6535 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6539 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6540 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6542 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6543 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6544 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6545 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
6547 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6548 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6549 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6550 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6555 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6559 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6560 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6562 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
6565 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6567 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6568 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6569 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6570 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6573 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6574 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6575 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6576 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6577 if (any_help_event_p
)
6581 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6582 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6583 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6588 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6593 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
6594 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6595 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6597 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6598 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
6600 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6602 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6603 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6607 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6613 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6614 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6615 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6617 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
6618 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
6619 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, 0);
6621 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6622 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6623 will be selected only when it is active. */
6624 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6625 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
6626 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6627 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6628 create event iff we don't leave the
6630 && (focus_follows_mouse
6631 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6632 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6634 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6635 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6637 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
6638 last_mouse_window
= window
;
6640 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
6641 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6645 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6646 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6647 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
6648 event
->xmotion
.window
);
6651 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
6652 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6654 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6655 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6656 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6659 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6660 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6661 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6662 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6667 case ConfigureNotify
:
6668 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
6672 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6674 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
6675 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6681 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6683 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
6684 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6686 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6687 is called by the code that handles resizing
6688 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6690 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6691 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6692 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6693 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
6694 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
6695 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6696 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6698 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
6699 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
6700 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6701 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6704 /** FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = event->xconfigure.width; **/
6705 /** FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = event->xconfigure.height; **/
6706 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6710 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6711 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6712 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6713 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6715 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6718 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6719 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6728 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6729 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6730 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6732 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6733 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
6734 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6736 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6737 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
6740 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6745 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6746 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6747 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6748 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6751 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
6752 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
6754 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6755 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6757 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
6758 handle_tool_bar_click
6759 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6760 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
6762 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
6765 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6766 if (! popup_activated ())
6769 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6771 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
6772 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6774 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6775 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6777 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
6778 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6781 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6783 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6784 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
6785 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6789 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6790 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
6791 event
->xbutton
.window
);
6793 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6794 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6796 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6798 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6799 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6801 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6803 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6804 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6807 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
6809 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6810 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6813 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6816 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6818 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6819 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6820 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6824 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6825 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
6826 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6827 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6828 Instead, save it away
6829 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6830 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6831 if (! popup_activated ()
6833 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6834 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
6836 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
6837 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6838 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6839 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
6840 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6841 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
6842 && event
->xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6843 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
6845 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
6846 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
6847 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
6848 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
6849 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6850 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6854 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6858 case CirculateNotify
:
6861 case CirculateRequest
:
6864 case VisibilityNotify
:
6868 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6870 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
6872 case MappingModifier
:
6873 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6874 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6875 case MappingKeyboard
:
6876 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
6881 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6886 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6888 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6889 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
6891 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6896 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6898 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6903 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6908 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6914 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6915 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6916 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6920 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6921 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6930 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6931 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6932 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6934 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6936 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6938 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6939 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6941 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6944 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6949 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6950 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6952 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6953 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
6954 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
6958 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
6961 int event_found
= 0;
6962 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
6966 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6967 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6969 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6970 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
6974 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
6979 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6982 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
6983 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
6988 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
6990 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
6996 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
6997 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
6998 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
6999 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7001 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7002 from all displays. */
7004 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7006 current_count
= count
;
7007 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7009 gtk_main_iteration ();
7011 count
= current_count
;
7013 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7015 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7018 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7020 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7021 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7024 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7025 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7026 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7028 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7032 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7033 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7035 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7037 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7038 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7042 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7043 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
7044 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
7046 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
7047 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
7058 /***********************************************************************
7060 ***********************************************************************/
7062 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7063 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7065 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7066 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7067 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7070 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7071 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7073 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7074 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7075 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7077 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7079 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7080 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7081 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7082 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7083 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7085 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7089 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7092 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7094 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7095 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7096 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7099 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7102 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7103 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7104 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7105 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7108 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7109 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7110 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7112 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7113 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7114 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7115 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7116 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7118 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7119 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7120 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7122 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7123 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7124 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7125 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7129 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7131 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7132 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7133 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7137 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7139 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7140 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7142 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7143 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7145 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7146 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7149 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7150 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7151 the bar might not be in the window. */
7152 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7154 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7155 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7156 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7160 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7161 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7162 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7163 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7164 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7167 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7168 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7169 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7170 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7171 that the glyph is legible. */
7172 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7173 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7175 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7176 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7179 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7182 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7183 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7186 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7188 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7190 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7193 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7194 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7196 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7198 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7199 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7200 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7201 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7203 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7204 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7205 width
, row
->height
);
7209 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7212 width
= row
->height
;
7214 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7216 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7217 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7219 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7220 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7221 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7222 row
->height
- width
),
7223 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7226 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7231 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7234 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7236 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7237 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7238 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7239 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7243 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7246 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7248 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
7250 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7251 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7252 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7257 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7260 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7261 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7262 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7264 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7268 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7269 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7271 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7272 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7273 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7274 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7276 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7277 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7281 switch (cursor_type
)
7283 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7284 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7287 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7288 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7292 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7296 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7300 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7309 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7310 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7311 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7315 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7321 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7324 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7326 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7328 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7331 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7332 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7333 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7334 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7339 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7340 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7341 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7343 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7344 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7345 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7349 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7350 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7356 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
== -2
7357 || xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7358 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7360 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
7364 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7366 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7368 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7372 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7375 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7376 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7380 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7381 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7385 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7386 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7387 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7388 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7389 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7391 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7394 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7395 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7401 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7402 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7405 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7407 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7412 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7413 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7415 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7416 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7419 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7420 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7421 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7422 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7427 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7429 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7430 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7432 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7433 be called from a signal handler.
7436 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7437 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7439 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7441 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7443 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7444 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7445 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7448 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7450 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7451 x_error_message
->string
,
7452 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7455 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7456 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7459 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7460 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7461 stored in *x_error_message.
7463 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7464 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7466 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7469 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7471 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7473 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7477 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7478 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7479 x_error_message
= data
;
7482 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7483 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7486 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7488 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7492 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7493 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7494 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7495 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7497 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7498 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7503 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7504 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7505 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7508 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7510 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7513 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7515 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7516 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7517 x_uncatch_errors ();
7518 error (format
, string
);
7522 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7523 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7526 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7528 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7531 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7534 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7537 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7539 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7542 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7543 * idea. --lorentey */
7544 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7547 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7549 while (x_error_message
)
7550 x_uncatch_errors ();
7555 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7558 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7563 /************************************************************************
7565 ************************************************************************/
7567 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7569 static char *error_msg
;
7571 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7572 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7575 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7577 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7578 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7579 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7581 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7582 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7584 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7585 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7589 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7591 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7592 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7595 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7596 that are on the dead display. */
7597 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7599 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7601 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7602 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7603 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7604 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7605 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7606 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7609 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7610 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7611 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7612 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7613 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7614 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7616 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7617 trying to find a replacement. */
7618 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7619 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7622 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7623 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7626 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7627 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7628 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7630 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7631 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7632 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7633 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7634 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7635 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7636 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7637 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7638 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7641 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7643 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7644 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7646 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7647 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7648 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7649 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7654 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7655 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7659 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7661 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7662 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7666 totally_unblock_input ();
7668 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7669 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7671 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7672 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7674 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7675 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7676 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7677 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7680 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7681 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7682 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7684 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7685 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7688 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7690 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7691 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7692 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7698 if (x_error_message
)
7699 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7701 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7705 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7706 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7707 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7709 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7711 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7712 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7714 static void NO_INLINE
7715 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7717 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7719 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7720 or colors that are not defined. */
7722 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7725 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7726 original error handler. */
7728 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7729 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7730 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7731 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7735 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7736 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7737 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7740 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7744 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7745 DisplayString (display
));
7746 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7750 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7752 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7753 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7754 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7758 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7760 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7764 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7765 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7766 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7767 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7771 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7772 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7773 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7774 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7776 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7777 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7779 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7781 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7782 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7783 /* The width of a toolkit scrollbar does not change with the new
7784 font but we have to calculate the number of columns it occupies
7786 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7787 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7789 /* The width of a non-toolkit scrollbar is at least 14 pixels and a
7790 multiple of the frame's character width. */
7791 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7792 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
7793 = FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * unit
;
7796 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7798 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7799 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7800 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7801 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7802 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
7803 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 1);
7808 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7811 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7820 /***********************************************************************
7822 ***********************************************************************/
7828 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7829 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7830 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7833 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7835 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7836 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7840 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7841 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7843 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7844 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7846 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7847 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7851 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7852 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7853 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7857 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7860 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7861 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7864 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7865 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7868 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7876 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7877 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7884 XIMCallback destroy
;
7887 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7888 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7891 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7892 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7893 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7899 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7900 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7904 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7906 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7907 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7908 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7909 when the callback was registered. */
7912 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7914 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7915 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
7917 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
7921 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
7923 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
7924 as they have no XIC. */
7925 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
7927 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7930 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7932 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7935 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
7936 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
7938 create_frame_xic (f
);
7939 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
7940 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7941 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
7943 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
7944 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
7953 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7956 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7957 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
7958 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
7959 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
7962 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7964 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7968 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7969 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
7972 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
7973 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
7974 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
7975 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
7976 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
7977 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
7978 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
7979 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
7980 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
7981 eassert (ret
== True
);
7982 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7983 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
7984 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7986 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7990 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
7993 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
7998 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7999 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
8001 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8003 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
8004 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
8005 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
8006 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8007 eassert (ret
== True
);
8009 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8011 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8012 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8013 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8014 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8015 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8017 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8020 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8024 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8025 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8028 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8030 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8032 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8033 is already for the top-left corner. */
8034 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8037 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8038 position that fits on the screen. */
8039 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8040 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8041 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8044 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8046 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8047 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8048 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8050 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8051 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8052 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8053 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8056 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8057 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8059 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8062 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8063 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8064 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8067 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8068 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8069 so the flags should correspond. */
8070 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8073 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8074 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8075 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8076 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8077 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8080 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8082 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8084 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8088 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8090 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8092 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8093 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8095 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8098 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8100 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8101 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8103 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8105 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8106 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8107 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8108 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8109 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8112 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8113 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8115 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8116 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8119 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8120 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8121 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8122 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8125 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8126 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8127 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8129 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8130 (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8131 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8132 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8133 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8134 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8139 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8140 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8141 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8142 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8143 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8146 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8149 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8150 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8151 Window wmcheck_window
;
8152 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8153 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8154 long max_len
= 65536;
8155 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8156 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8157 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8161 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8162 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8163 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8164 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8165 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8166 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8168 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8170 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8171 x_uncatch_errors ();
8176 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8179 /* Check if window exists. */
8180 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8182 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8184 x_uncatch_errors ();
8189 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8191 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8192 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8193 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8194 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8195 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8196 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8198 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8200 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8201 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8202 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8203 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8204 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8206 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8208 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8209 x_uncatch_errors ();
8214 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8215 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8216 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8221 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8222 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8224 x_uncatch_errors ();
8231 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8233 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8235 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8236 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8238 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8240 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8242 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8244 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8249 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8252 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8254 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8256 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8257 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8260 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8261 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8262 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8264 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8267 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8273 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8274 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8275 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8276 long max_len
= 65536;
8277 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8278 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8279 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8282 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8285 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8286 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8287 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8288 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8289 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8291 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8293 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8294 x_uncatch_errors ();
8296 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8299 x_uncatch_errors ();
8301 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8303 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8304 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8307 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8309 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8311 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8312 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8314 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8316 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8318 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8319 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8321 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8323 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8324 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8325 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8329 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8334 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8337 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8339 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8340 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8343 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8345 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8346 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8348 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8350 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8354 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8356 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8357 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8358 are sent at once. */
8359 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8361 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8362 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8363 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8364 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8365 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8366 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8368 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8369 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8370 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8371 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8372 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8373 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8374 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8376 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8377 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8378 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8379 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8380 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8381 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8382 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8384 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8385 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8386 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8387 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8388 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8390 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8391 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8392 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8394 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8395 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8398 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8402 return have_net_atom
;
8406 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8408 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8411 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8419 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8421 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8424 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8429 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8432 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8435 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8438 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8443 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8444 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8449 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8450 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8452 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8454 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8457 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8458 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8460 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8461 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8462 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8464 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8466 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8467 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8469 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8471 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8472 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8473 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8474 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8475 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8477 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8478 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8480 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8481 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8484 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8489 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8490 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8491 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8492 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8493 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8494 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8495 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8498 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8500 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8502 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8503 window manager window around the frame. */
8505 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8507 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8509 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8514 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8515 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8516 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8518 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8520 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8521 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8523 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8524 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8526 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8529 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8530 frame's position. */
8532 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8536 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8537 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8538 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8539 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8540 of an exact comparison. */
8543 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8547 while (count
++ < 50)
8549 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8551 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8552 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8555 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8556 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8560 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8563 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8564 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8567 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8571 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8572 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8574 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8578 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8580 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8582 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8585 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8586 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8588 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
8590 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8591 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8592 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8593 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8595 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
8597 pending_signals
= 1;
8598 totally_unblock_input ();
8599 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8601 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8606 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8607 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8610 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8611 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8612 break; /* Timeout */
8615 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
8619 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8620 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8621 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8622 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8625 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8627 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8629 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8631 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8633 pixelwidth
= ((pixelwise
8634 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
)
8635 : FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
))
8636 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
));
8637 pixelheight
= ((pixelwise
8638 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
)
8639 : FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
))
8640 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8641 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
8642 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8643 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8644 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8645 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8648 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8649 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8650 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8651 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8652 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8654 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8655 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8656 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8657 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8659 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8660 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8661 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8662 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8663 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8665 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8668 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8669 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8670 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8671 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8672 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8675 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8681 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8682 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8683 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8684 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8687 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8691 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8693 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8695 int text_width
, text_height
;
8697 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8698 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8699 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
8700 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8701 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8702 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8703 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8704 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8705 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8706 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8708 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8710 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8711 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
8713 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8717 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8719 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
8720 height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
8722 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
8724 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8725 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8727 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8728 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
8729 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8732 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8734 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8735 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8737 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8738 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8739 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8740 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8741 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8746 /* Mouse warping. */
8749 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8753 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8754 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8756 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8757 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8759 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8760 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8764 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8765 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8769 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8772 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8776 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8777 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8781 /* Raise frame F. */
8784 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8787 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8788 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8789 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8793 /* Lower frame F. */
8796 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8798 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8801 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8802 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8807 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8810 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8812 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8813 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8814 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8815 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8816 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8819 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8822 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8824 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8825 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8827 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8829 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8832 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8833 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8834 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8836 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
8841 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8849 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8851 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8853 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8855 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8858 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8860 unsigned long data
[2];
8861 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8863 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8866 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8867 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8868 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8870 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8873 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8874 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8878 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8879 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8880 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8881 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8882 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8883 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8884 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8885 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8886 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8888 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8889 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8890 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8893 /* Change of visibility. */
8895 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8896 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8897 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8898 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8899 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8900 finishes with it. */
8903 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8905 int original_top
, original_left
;
8909 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
8911 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8913 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8914 call x_set_offset a second time
8915 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8916 before the window gets really visible. */
8917 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8918 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8919 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8920 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8922 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8924 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8925 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8926 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8927 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8928 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8931 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8932 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8934 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8936 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8937 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8939 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8940 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8942 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8943 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8944 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8947 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8949 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8950 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8951 so that incoming events are handled. */
8954 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8955 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8956 will set it when they are handled. */
8957 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8959 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8960 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8962 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8965 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8967 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8968 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8969 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8970 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8972 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8973 because the window manager may choose the position
8974 and we don't want to override it. */
8976 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8977 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8978 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8979 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8980 && previously_visible
)
8984 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8988 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8989 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8990 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8991 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8992 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8993 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8994 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8995 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8996 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8998 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8999 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9000 original_left
, original_top
);
9005 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9007 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
9008 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9010 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9013 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
9014 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
9016 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9017 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9018 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9019 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9020 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9022 if (input_polling_used ())
9024 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9025 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9026 handler reset it. */
9027 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9028 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9029 poll_for_input_1 ();
9030 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9033 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9036 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
9037 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9043 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9045 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9048 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9052 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9053 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9055 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9056 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9057 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9061 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9062 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9063 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9064 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9065 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9066 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9069 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9070 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9073 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9074 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9079 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9080 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9083 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9087 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9088 just by the event that we get from the server.
9089 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9090 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9091 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9092 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9093 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9100 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9103 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9105 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9109 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9110 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9111 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9113 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9118 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
9120 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9121 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9123 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9124 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9126 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9127 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9128 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9134 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9136 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9138 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9139 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9140 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9141 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9142 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9143 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9144 so we have to record it here. */
9145 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9146 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9151 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9152 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9153 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9157 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9159 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9160 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9163 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9165 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9167 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9168 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9169 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9170 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9171 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9172 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9174 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9175 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9177 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9178 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9182 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9183 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9184 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9185 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9186 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9188 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9189 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9191 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9195 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9199 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9201 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9203 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9205 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9206 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9209 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9210 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9212 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9214 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9218 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9221 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9223 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9224 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9225 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9227 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9232 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9233 commands to the X server. */
9234 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9236 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9237 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9239 free_frame_faces (f
);
9241 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9242 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9244 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9245 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9246 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9247 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9248 toolkit scroll bars. */
9249 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9251 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9252 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9261 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9262 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9264 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9265 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9267 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9268 we are using a toolkit. */
9269 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9270 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9272 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9273 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9276 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9277 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9279 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9280 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9281 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9283 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9284 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9285 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9286 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9287 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9288 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9290 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9291 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9292 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9293 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9294 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9295 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9296 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9297 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9298 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9299 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9300 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9301 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9302 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9303 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9304 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9308 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9309 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9311 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9312 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9314 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9316 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9317 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9321 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
9322 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
9323 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
9324 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
9325 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
9326 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
9327 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
9328 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
9329 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
9330 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
9331 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9332 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
9333 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9334 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
9336 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9339 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9340 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9341 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9343 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9344 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9345 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9346 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9347 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9348 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9349 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9350 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9356 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9359 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9361 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9363 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9364 commands to the X server. */
9365 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9366 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9368 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9372 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9374 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9375 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9376 that the window now has.
9377 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9378 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9379 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9383 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9385 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9386 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9388 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9389 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9391 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9396 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9397 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9399 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9400 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9402 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9403 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9405 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9406 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9408 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9409 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9410 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9411 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9413 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9415 int base_width
, base_height
;
9416 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9418 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9419 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9421 check_frame_size (f
, &min_cols
, &min_rows
, 0);
9423 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
9424 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
9425 frame size very small. */
9427 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
9428 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
9431 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9432 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9433 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9434 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9435 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9437 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9438 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9439 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9441 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9442 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9443 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9444 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9445 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9448 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9451 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9456 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9457 long supplied_return
;
9460 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9464 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9469 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9470 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9471 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9472 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9473 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9474 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9475 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9476 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9483 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9484 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9488 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9489 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9491 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9493 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9495 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9497 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9500 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9502 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9505 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9506 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9507 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9508 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9510 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9511 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9513 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9514 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9518 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9520 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9522 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9523 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9528 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9529 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9530 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9531 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9535 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9543 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9547 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9551 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9552 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9553 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9554 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9557 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9559 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9560 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9562 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9566 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9568 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9570 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9571 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9572 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9574 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9578 /***********************************************************************
9580 ***********************************************************************/
9584 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9588 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9590 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9591 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9592 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9595 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9598 /***********************************************************************
9600 ***********************************************************************/
9602 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9603 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9604 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9605 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9607 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9608 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9609 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9611 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9612 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9613 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9614 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9615 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9616 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9617 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9620 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9622 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9624 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9626 static int x_initialized
;
9628 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9629 the screen number from the server number. */
9631 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9634 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9635 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9636 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9638 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9639 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9640 length_until_period
++;
9642 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9643 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9645 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9647 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9648 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9649 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9650 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9651 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9652 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9653 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9654 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9655 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9656 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9657 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9658 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9659 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9660 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9662 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9666 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9670 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9671 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9674 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9675 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9678 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9699 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9700 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9703 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9705 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9706 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9711 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9712 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9714 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9715 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9719 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
9720 connection established. */
9721 static unsigned x_display_id
;
9723 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9724 the structure that describes the open display.
9725 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9727 struct x_display_info
*
9728 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9732 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9733 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9745 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9746 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9752 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9753 char **argv2
= argv
;
9756 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9758 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9762 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9763 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9765 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9769 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9771 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9773 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9774 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9777 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9778 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9780 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9782 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9783 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9784 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9786 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9787 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9788 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9789 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9791 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9792 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9793 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9795 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9797 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9800 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9804 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9806 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9807 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9809 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9810 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9812 s
= build_string (file
);
9813 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9815 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9816 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9820 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9821 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9824 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9825 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9826 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9828 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9829 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9830 So let's not use it until R6. */
9832 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9843 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9844 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9846 turn_on_atimers (0);
9847 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9848 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9849 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9851 turn_on_atimers (1);
9854 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9859 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9860 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9861 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9862 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9863 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9865 /* Detect failure. */
9872 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9874 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9875 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9878 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9880 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
9881 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
9882 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9885 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9888 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
9890 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9892 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9894 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9895 list of terminals. */
9896 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9897 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9898 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9899 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9901 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9902 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9904 kset_system_key_alist
9906 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9907 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
9909 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9910 terminal_list
= terminal
;
9914 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
9915 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
9916 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
9917 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
9918 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
9920 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
9923 /* Put this display on the chain. */
9924 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
9925 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
9927 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
9928 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
9930 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
9931 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
9934 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
9937 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
9938 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
9939 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
9940 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
9941 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
9942 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
9943 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
9944 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
9946 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
9947 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
9949 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
9951 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
9952 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
9953 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9955 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
9956 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
9958 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
9959 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
9960 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
9961 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
9963 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
9965 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
9967 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
9969 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
9970 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
9971 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
9972 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
9973 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
9974 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
9975 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
9977 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
9979 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
9980 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
9982 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
9983 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
9984 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
9985 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
9986 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
9987 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
9990 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
9991 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
9993 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
9996 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
9997 build_string ("privateColormap"),
9998 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10000 if (STRINGP (value
)
10001 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10002 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10003 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10007 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10008 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10012 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10013 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10014 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10015 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10016 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10018 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10020 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10021 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10025 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10027 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10028 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10029 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10030 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10031 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10032 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10033 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10034 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10035 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10039 static const struct
10044 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10045 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10046 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10047 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10048 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10049 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10050 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10051 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10052 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10053 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10054 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10055 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10056 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10057 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10058 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10059 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10060 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10061 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10062 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10063 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10064 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10065 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10066 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10067 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10068 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10069 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10070 /* For properties of font. */
10071 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10072 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10073 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10074 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10075 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10076 /* Ghostscript support. */
10077 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10078 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10079 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10080 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10082 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10083 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10084 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10085 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10086 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10087 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10088 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10089 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10090 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10091 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10092 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10093 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10094 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10095 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10096 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10097 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10098 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10099 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10100 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10101 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10102 /* Session management */
10103 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10104 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10105 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10109 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10110 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10111 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10112 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10113 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10114 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10115 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10116 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10118 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10119 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10121 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10122 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10123 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10124 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10126 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10127 False
, atoms_return
);
10129 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10130 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10132 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10133 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10135 xfree (atom_names
);
10136 xfree (atoms_return
);
10139 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10140 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10141 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10143 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10144 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10148 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10151 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10153 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10155 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10156 if (connection
!= 0)
10157 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10160 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10161 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10163 if (interrupt_input
)
10164 init_sigio (connection
);
10168 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10171 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10172 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10173 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10174 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10175 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10176 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10177 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10178 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10179 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10181 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10182 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10183 x_uncatch_errors ();
10187 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10188 for debugging X code. */
10191 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10192 build_string ("synchronous"),
10193 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10195 if (STRINGP (value
)
10196 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10197 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10198 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10203 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10204 build_string ("useXIM"),
10205 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10208 if (STRINGP (value
)
10209 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10210 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10213 if (STRINGP (value
)
10214 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10215 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10221 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10222 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10224 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10225 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10233 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10234 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10237 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10239 struct terminal
*t
;
10241 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10243 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10244 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10247 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10248 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10249 x_session_close ();
10251 delete_terminal (t
);
10255 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10256 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10258 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10259 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10262 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10264 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10265 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10266 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10269 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10270 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10271 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10275 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10277 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10278 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10279 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10280 that slows us down. */
10283 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10286 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10287 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10289 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10290 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10291 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10292 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10297 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10298 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10299 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10300 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10301 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10302 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10303 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10306 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10309 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10311 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10312 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10313 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10318 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10321 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10323 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10325 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10329 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10331 x_after_update_window_line
,
10332 x_update_window_begin
,
10333 x_update_window_end
,
10335 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10336 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10337 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10338 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10339 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10340 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10341 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10342 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10343 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10344 x_clear_frame_area
,
10345 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10346 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10347 x_draw_window_divider
,
10348 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10352 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10354 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10356 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10357 int connection
= -1;
10359 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10360 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10361 if (!terminal
->name
)
10366 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10369 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10372 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10373 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10374 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10376 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10378 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10379 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10381 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10382 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10383 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10384 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10386 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10387 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10388 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10389 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10390 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10391 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10392 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10393 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10394 leaks in other situations. */
10396 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10397 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10399 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10401 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10402 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10403 closing all the displays. */
10404 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10408 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10410 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10411 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10413 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10415 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10418 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
10419 if (connection
!= -1)
10420 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10422 /* Mark as dead. */
10423 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10424 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10428 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10429 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10431 static struct terminal
*
10432 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10434 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10436 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10438 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10439 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10440 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10442 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10444 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10445 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10446 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10447 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10448 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10449 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10450 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10451 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10452 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10453 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= NULL
;
10454 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10455 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10456 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10457 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10458 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10459 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10460 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10461 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10462 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10463 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10465 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10466 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10468 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10474 x_initialize (void)
10479 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10480 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10481 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10484 current_count
= -1;
10487 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10488 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10490 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10491 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10493 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10495 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10496 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10497 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10498 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10499 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10500 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10501 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10503 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10506 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10508 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10509 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10513 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10514 original error handler. */
10515 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10516 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10521 syms_of_xterm (void)
10523 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10525 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10526 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10529 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10530 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10532 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10535 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10536 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10537 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10538 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10539 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10540 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10541 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10543 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10545 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10546 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10547 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10548 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10549 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10550 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10551 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10553 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10554 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10555 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10556 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10557 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10558 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10559 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10560 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10561 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10563 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10564 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10565 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10566 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10567 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10568 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10569 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10571 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10572 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10573 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10575 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10577 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10580 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10583 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
10584 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
10585 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10586 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
10587 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10588 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
10589 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10590 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
10591 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10593 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10594 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10595 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10596 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10597 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10598 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10600 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10601 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10602 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10603 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10604 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10605 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10607 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10608 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10609 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10610 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10611 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10612 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10614 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10615 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10616 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10617 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10618 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10619 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10621 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10622 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10623 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10624 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10625 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),